blob: 5452813449d2250a562de01341296e8f3f3d3d4b [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000057
58Where to get help:
59==================
60
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000061In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
62U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050063<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
64on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
65Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
66http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000067
68
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069Where to get source code:
70=========================
71
72The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
73git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
74http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
75
76The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020077any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010078available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
79directory.
80
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010081Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010082ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
83
84
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000085Where we come from:
86===================
87
88- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- clean up code
91- make it easier to add custom boards
92- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
93- extend functions, especially:
94 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
95 * S-Record download
96 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020097 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000098- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000099- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000100- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200101- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000102
103
104Names and Spelling:
105===================
106
107The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
108"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
109in source files etc.). Example:
110
111 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
112
113File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
114
115 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
116
117 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
118
119Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
120the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
121
122 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
123 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000124
125
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126Versioning:
127===========
128
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
130were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
131into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
132names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
133Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
134releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000135
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200136Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000137 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200138 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
139 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000142Directory Hierarchy:
143====================
144
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145/arch Architecture specific files
146 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
147 /cpu CPU specific files
148 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
149 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000150 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200151 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
152 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
154 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
155 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
156 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
157 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
158 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
159 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000167 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
173 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
174 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
175 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
176 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
177 /lib Architecture specific library files
178 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
179 /cpu CPU specific files
180 /lib Architecture specific library files
181 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
182 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200183 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800184 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000186 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
188 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200193 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
196 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
197 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
198 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
199 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
200 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
201 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
202 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
203 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
205 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
208 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
209 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
210 /lib Architecture specific library files
211 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
212 /cpu CPU specific files
213 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
214 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
217/board Board dependent files
218/common Misc architecture independent functions
219/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
220/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
221/drivers Commonly used device drivers
222/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
223/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
224/include Header Files
225/lib Files generic to all architectures
226 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
227 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
228 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
229/net Networking code
230/post Power On Self Test
231/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
232/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000233
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000234Software Configuration:
235=======================
236
237Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
238rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
239
240There are two classes of configuration variables:
241
242* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
243 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
244 "CONFIG_".
245
246* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
247 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
248 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200249 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000250
251Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
252identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
253do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
254links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
255as an example here.
256
257
258Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
259---------------------------------------------------
260
261For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
262configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
263
264Example: For a TQM823L module type:
265
266 cd u-boot
267 make TQM823L_config
268
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200269For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000270e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
271directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
272
273
274Configuration Options:
275----------------------
276
277Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
278such information is kept in a configuration file
279"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
280
281Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
282"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
283
284
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000285Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
286kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
287build a config tool - later.
288
289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000290The following options need to be configured:
291
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500292- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000293
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500294- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200295
296- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100297 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
299- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define exactly one of
301 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
302--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
304 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
305
306- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
307 Define exactly one of
308 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
309
310- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define one or more of
312 CONFIG_CMA302
313
314- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200317 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000318 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
319
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000320- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
321 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
322 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200323 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
324 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
325 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
326 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000327
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 Define exactly one of
335 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000336
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200337- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
339 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000340 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
341 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
343 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000344
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000345- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200346 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
347 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000348 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349 See doc/README.MPC866
350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000352
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000353 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
354 of relying on the correctness of the configured
355 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
356 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
357 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200358 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000359
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100360 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
361
362 Define this option if you want to enable the
363 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
364
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600365- 85xx CPU Options:
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100377- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200378 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100379
380 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
381 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
382 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
383
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200384 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200385
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100386 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
387 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200388 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100389 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200390
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200391- MIPS CPU options:
392 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
393
394 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
395 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
396 relocation.
397
398 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
399
400 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
401 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
402 Possible values are:
403 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
404 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
405 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
406 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
407 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
408 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
409 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
410 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
411
412 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
413
414 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
415 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
416
417 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
418
419 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
420 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
421 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
422
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000423- ARM options:
424 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
425
426 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
427 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
428
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000429- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000430 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
431
432 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
433 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
434 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
435 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
436 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
437 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
438 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000439 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100440 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000441 default environment.
442
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000443 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
444
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200445 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000446 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
447 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
448
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400449 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200450
451 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400452 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
453 concepts).
454
455 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
456 * New libfdt-based support
457 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500458 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400459
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200460 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
461 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
462 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
463 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200464 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600465 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200466
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200467 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
468 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500469
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600470 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
471
472 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
473 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000474
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500475 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
476
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200477 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500478 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
479
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200480 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
481
482 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
483 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
484 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
485 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
486 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
487 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
488
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000489 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
490
491 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
492 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
493 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
494 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
495 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
496 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
497 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
498
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100499- vxWorks boot parameters:
500
501 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
502 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
503 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
504
505 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
506 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
507 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
508 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
509
510 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
511
512 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
513
514 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
515 the defaults discussed just above.
516
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000517- Cache Configuration:
518 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
519 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
520 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
521
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000522- Cache Configuration for ARM:
523 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
524 controller
525 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
526 controller register space
527
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000528- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200529 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000530
531 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
532
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200533 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000534
535 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
536
537 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
538
539 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
540 the clock speed of the UARTs.
541
542 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
543
544 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
545 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
546 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
547
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000548 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
549
550 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
551 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
552 this variable to initialize the extra register.
553
554 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
555
556 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
557 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
558 variable to flush the UART at init time.
559
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000560
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000561- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000562 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
563 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
564 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
565 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000566
567 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
568 port routines must be defined elsewhere
569 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
570
571 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
572 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000573 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000574 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
575 (default big endian)
576 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
577 rectangle fill
578 (cf. smiLynxEM)
579 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
580 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
581 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
582 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000583 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
584 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000585 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
586 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000587 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000588 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
589 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
590 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
591 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
592 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
593 (i.e. i8042_getc)
594 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
595 (requires blink timer
596 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200597 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000598 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
599 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500600 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000601 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
602 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000603 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
604 linux_logo.h for logo.
605 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000606 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200607 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000608 the logo
609
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000610 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
611 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
612 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000613
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000614 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
615 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
616 the "silent" environment variable. See
617 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000618
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000619- Console Baudrate:
620 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
621 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200622 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
623 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000624
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100625- Console Rx buffer length
626 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
627 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100628 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100629 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
630 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
631 the SMC.
632
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000633- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200634 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
635 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
636 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
637 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
638 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
639 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
640 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200641 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200642 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000643
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200644 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
645 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000646
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000647- Safe printf() functions
648 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
649 the printf() functions. These are defined in
650 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
651 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
652 If this option is not given then these functions will
653 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
654 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
655
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000656- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
657 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
658 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
659
660 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
661 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
662 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
663 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
664 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
665 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
666 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
667 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
668 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
669 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
670 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
671 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
672
673- Autoboot Command:
674 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
675 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
676 define a command string that is automatically executed
677 when no character is read on the console interface
678 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
679
680 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000681 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
682 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
683 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000684
685 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000686 The value of these goes into the environment as
687 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
688 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200689 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000690
691- Pre-Boot Commands:
692 CONFIG_PREBOOT
693
694 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
695 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
696 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
697 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
698 entering interactive mode.
699
700 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
701 automatically generated or modified. For an example
702 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
703 modified when the user holds down a certain
704 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
705 booting the systems
706
707- Serial Download Echo Mode:
708 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
709 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
710 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
711 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
712 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
713 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
714 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
715
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500716- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000717 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
718 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200719 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000720
721- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500722 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
723 from the build by using the #include files
724 "config_cmd_all.h" and #undef'ing unwanted
725 commands, or using "config_cmd_default.h"
726 and augmenting with additional #define's
727 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000728
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500729 The default command configuration includes all commands
730 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000731
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500732 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500733 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
734 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
735 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
736 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
737 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
738 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
739 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500740 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500741 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
742 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
743 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600744 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
745 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
746 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
747 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500748 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
749 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500750 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500751 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
752 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500753 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500754 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500755 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
756 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT partition support
757 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
758 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
759 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500760 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000761 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500762 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
763 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
764 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
765 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
766 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
767 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500768 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500769 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
770 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
771 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
772 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500773 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500774 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
775 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400776 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
777 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500778 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
779 loop, loopw, mtest
780 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
781 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
782 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100783 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500784 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
785 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600786 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000787 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500788 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
789 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
790 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
791 host
792 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
793 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
794 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
795 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
796 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
797 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
798 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
799 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
800 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700801 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100802 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400803 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200804 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500805 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000806 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000807 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Che-liang Chiouca366d02011-10-06 23:40:48 +0000808 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500809 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500810 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
811 CONFIG_CMD_FSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000812
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
814 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
815 support you can write:
816
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500817 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
818 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000819
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400820 Other Commands:
821 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000822
823 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000825 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
826 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
827 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
828 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
829 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
830 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000831
832
833 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
834
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000835- Device tree:
836 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
837 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
838 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
839 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
840 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
841 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
842
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000843 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
844 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000845
846 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
847 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
848 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
849 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
850 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
851 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000852
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000853 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
854 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
855 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
856 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
857
858 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
859
860 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
861 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
862 still use the individual files if you need something more
863 exotic.
864
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000865- Watchdog:
866 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
867 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000868 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
869 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
870 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
871 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
872 available, then no further board specific code should
873 be needed to use it.
874
875 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
876 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
877 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
878 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000879
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000880- U-Boot Version:
881 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
882 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
883 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
884 version as printed by the "version" command.
885 This variable is readonly.
886
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000887- Real-Time Clock:
888
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500889 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000890 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
891 following options:
892
893 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
894 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000895 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000896 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000897 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000898 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000899 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000900 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100901 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000902 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200903 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200904 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
905 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000906
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000907 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
908 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
909
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600910- GPIO Support:
911 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
912 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
913
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000914 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
915 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
916 pins supported by a particular chip.
917
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600918 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
919 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
920
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000921- Timestamp Support:
922
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000923 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
924 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
925 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500926 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000927
928- Partition Support:
929 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION
richardretanubun07f3d782008-09-26 11:13:22 -0400930 and/or CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000931
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100932 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
933 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
934 least one partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000935
936- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000937 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
938 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000939
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000940 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
941 be performed by calling the function
942 ide_set_reset(int reset)
943 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000944
945- ATAPI Support:
946 CONFIG_ATAPI
947
948 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
949
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000950- LBA48 Support
951 CONFIG_LBA48
952
953 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100954 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000955 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
956 support disks up to 2.1TB.
957
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200958 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000959 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
960 Default is 32bit.
961
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000962- SCSI Support:
963 At the moment only there is only support for the
964 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
965 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200967 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
968 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
969 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000970 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
971 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200972 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000973
974- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000975 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +0000976 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
977
978 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
979 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
980 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
981 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
982
983 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
984 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
985 example with the "sspi" command.
986
987 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
988 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
989 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +0000990
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +0100991 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200992 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +0100993
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000994 CONFIG_EEPRO100
995 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200996 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000997 write routine for first time initialisation.
998
999 CONFIG_TULIP
1000 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1001 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1002 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1003
1004 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1005 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1006
1007 CONFIG_NS8382X
1008 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1009
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001010- NETWORK Support (other):
1011
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001012 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1013 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1014
1015 CONFIG_RMII
1016 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1017
1018 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1019 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1020 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1021
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001022 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1023 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1024
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001025 CONFIG_DRIVER_LAN91C96
1026 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1027
1028 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1029 Define this to hold the physical address
1030 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1031
1032 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1033 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1034
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001035 CONFIG_DRIVER_SMC91111
1036 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1037
1038 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1039 Define this to hold the physical address
1040 of the device (I/O space)
1041
1042 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1043 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1044
1045 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1046 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1047 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1048
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001049 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1050 Support for davinci emac
1051
1052 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1053 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1054
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001055 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1056 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1057
1058 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1059 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1060 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1061 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1062 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1063 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1064 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1065 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1066
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001067 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001068 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1069
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001070 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001071 Define this to hold the physical address
1072 of the device (I/O space)
1073
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001074 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001075 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1076
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001077 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001078 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1079 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001080 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001081
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001082 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1083 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1084
1085 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1086 Define the number of ports to be used
1087
1088 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1089 Define the ETH PHY's address
1090
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001091 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1092 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1093
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001094- TPM Support:
1095 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1096 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1097 per system is supported at this time.
1098
1099 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1100 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1101 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1102 0xfed40000.
1103
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001104- USB Support:
1105 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001106 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001107 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1108 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001109 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001110 storage devices.
1111 Note:
1112 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1113 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001114 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1115 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1116 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001117 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1118 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001119 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1120 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1121 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001122 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1123 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001124 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001125 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1126 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001127
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001128- USB Device:
1129 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1130 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1131 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001132 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001133 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1134 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001135 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001136 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1137 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1138 a Linux host by
1139 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1140 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1141 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1142 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001143
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001144 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1145 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001146
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001147 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1148 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1149 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001150
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001151 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001152 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1153 be set to usbtty.
1154
1155 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001156 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001157 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001158 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001159
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001160 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001161 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001162 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001163
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001164 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001165 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001166 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001167 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1168 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1169 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1170
1171 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1172 Define this string as the name of your company for
1173 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001174
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001175 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1176 Define this string as the name of your product
1177 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1178
1179 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1180 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1181 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1182 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1183 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001184
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001185 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1186 Define this as the unique Product ID
1187 for your device
1188 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001189
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001190- ULPI Layer Support:
1191 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1192 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1193 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1194 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1195 viewport is supported.
1196 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1197 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001198
1199- MMC Support:
1200 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1201 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1202 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1203 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001204 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1205 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001206
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001207 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1208 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1209
1210 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1211 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1212
1213 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1214 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1215
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001216- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1217 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1218 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1219 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1220
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001221 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1222 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001223 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1224
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001225 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001226 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1227 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1228
1229 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001230 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001231 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1232 have not defined a custom partition
1233
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001234- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1235 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
1236 Support for saving memory data as a file
1237 in FAT formatted partition
1238
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001239- Keyboard Support:
1240 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1241
1242 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1243 support
1244
1245 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1246 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1247 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1248 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1249 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1250
1251- Video support:
1252 CONFIG_VIDEO
1253
1254 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1255 video).
1256
1257 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1258
1259 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1260
1261 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001262 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001263 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1264 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1265 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001266
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001267 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001268 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001269 are possible:
1270 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001271 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001272
1273 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1274 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1275 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1276 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1277 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1278 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1279 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001280 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1281
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001282 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001283 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001284
1285
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001286 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001287 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001288 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1289 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1290
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001291 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001292 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001293 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1294 support, and should also define these other macros:
1295
1296 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1297 CONFIG_VIDEO
1298 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1299 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1300 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1301 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1302 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1303 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1304
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001305 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1306 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1307 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1308 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001309
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001310- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001311 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001312
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001313 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1314 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1315 defined in your board-specific files.
1316 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001317
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001318- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1319
1320 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1321 display); also select one of the supported displays
1322 by defining one of these:
1323
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001324 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1325
1326 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1327
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001328 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001329
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001330 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001331
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001332 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001333
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001334 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1335 Active, color, single scan.
1336
1337 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1338
1339 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001340 Active, color, single scan.
1341
1342 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1343
1344 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1345 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1346
1347 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1348
1349 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1350 Active, color, single scan.
1351
1352 CONFIG_HLD1045
1353
1354 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1355 Active, color, single scan.
1356
1357 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1358
1359 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1360 or
1361 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1362 or
1363 Hitachi SP14Q002
1364
1365 320x240. Black & white.
1366
1367 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001368 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001369
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001370- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001371
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001372 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1373 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1374 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001375 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001376 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1377 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1378 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1379 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001380
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001381 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1382
1383 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1384 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1385 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1386 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1387 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1388 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1389
1390 Example:
1391 setenv splashpos m,m
1392 => image at center of screen
1393
1394 setenv splashpos 30,20
1395 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1396
1397 setenv splashpos -10,m
1398 => vertically centered image
1399 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1400
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001401- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1402
1403 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1404 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1405 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1406
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001407- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1408
1409 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1410 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1411 bmp command.
1412
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001413- Compression support:
1414 CONFIG_BZIP2
1415
1416 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1417 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1418 compressed images are supported.
1419
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001420 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001421 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001422 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001423
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001424 CONFIG_LZMA
1425
1426 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1427 images is included.
1428
1429 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1430 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1431 formula:
1432
1433 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1434
1435 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1436 and Literal pos bits.
1437
1438 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1439 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1440 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1441 a very small buffer.
1442
1443 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1444 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001445 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001446
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001447- MII/PHY support:
1448 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1449
1450 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1451
1452 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1453
1454 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1455
1456 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1457
1458 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001459 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001460
1461 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1462
1463 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1464 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1465 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1466 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1467
1468 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1469
1470 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1471 command issued before MII status register can be read
1472
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001473- Ethernet address:
1474 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001475 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001476 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1477 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001478 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1479 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001480
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001481 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1482 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001483 is not determined automatically.
1484
1485- IP address:
1486 CONFIG_IPADDR
1487
1488 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001489 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001490 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001491 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001492
1493- Server IP address:
1494 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1495
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001496 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001497 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001498 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001499
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001500 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1501
1502 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1503 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1504
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001505- Gateway IP address:
1506 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1507
1508 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1509 default router where packets to other networks are
1510 sent to.
1511 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1512
1513- Subnet mask:
1514 CONFIG_NETMASK
1515
1516 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1517 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1518 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1519 forwarded through a router.
1520 (Environment variable "netmask")
1521
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001522- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1523 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1524
1525 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1526 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001527 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001528 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1529 multicast group.
1530
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001531- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1532 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1533
1534 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1535 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1536 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1537 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1538 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1539 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1540 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1541 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001542 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001543
1544 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1545 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1546 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1547 4th and following
1548 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1549
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001550- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001551 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1552 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001553
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001554 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1555 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1556 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1557 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1558 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1559 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1560 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1561 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1562 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1563 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1564 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1565 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001566
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001567 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1568 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001569
1570 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1571 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1572 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1573 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1574 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1575 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1576 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001577 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001578
1579 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1580 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1581 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001582 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001583 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1584 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001585
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001586 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1587
1588 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1589 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1590 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1591 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1592 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1593 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1594 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1595 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1596 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1597 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1598 this delay.
1599
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001600 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001601 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001602
1603 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1604
1605 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1606
1607 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1608 of the device.
1609
1610 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1611
1612 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1613 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001614 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001615
1616 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1617
1618 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1619 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1620
1621 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1622
1623 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1624
1625 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1626
1627 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1628
1629 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1630
1631 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1632
1633 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1634
1635 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1636 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1637
1638 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1639
1640 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1641
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001642- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1643
1644 Several configurations allow to display the current
1645 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1646 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1647 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1648 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1649 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1650 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1651 feature in U-Boot.
1652
1653- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1654
1655 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1656 on those systems that support this (optional)
1657 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1658
1659- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1660
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001661 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001662 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001663 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001664
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001665 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001666 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001667 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1668 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001669 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001670
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001671 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001672
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001673 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001674 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1675 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001676
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001677 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001678 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001679
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001680 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001681 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001682 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001683 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001684
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001685 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001686 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001687 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1688 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1689 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001690
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001691 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1692
1693 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1694 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1695 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1696 commands until the slave device responds.
1697
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001698 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001699
1700 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1701 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1702 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001703
1704 I2C_INIT
1705
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001706 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001707 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001708
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001709 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001710
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001711 I2C_PORT
1712
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001713 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1714 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1715 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001716
1717 I2C_ACTIVE
1718
1719 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1720 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1721 define can be null.
1722
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001723 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1724
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001725 I2C_TRISTATE
1726
1727 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1728 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1729 define can be null.
1730
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001731 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1732
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001733 I2C_READ
1734
1735 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1736 FALSE if it is low.
1737
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001738 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1739
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001740 I2C_SDA(bit)
1741
1742 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1743 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1744
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001745 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001746 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001747 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001748
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001749 I2C_SCL(bit)
1750
1751 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1752 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1753
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001754 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001755 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001756 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001757
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001758 I2C_DELAY
1759
1760 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1761 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001762 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001763 like:
1764
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001765 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001766
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001767 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1768
1769 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1770 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1771 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1772 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1773
1774 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1775 the generic GPIO functions.
1776
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001777 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001778
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001779 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1780 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1781 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1782 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1783 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1784 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1785 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1786 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001787
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001788 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1789
1790 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1791 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1792 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1793 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1794 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1795 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1796 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1797 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1798
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001799 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1800
1801 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1802 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1803 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1804
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001805 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1806
1807 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001808 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1809 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001810 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1811
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001812 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001813
1814 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001815 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001816 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1817 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001818
1819 e.g.
1820 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001821 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001822
1823 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1824
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001825 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001826 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001827
1828 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1829
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001830 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001831
1832 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1833 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1834
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001835 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001836
1837 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1838 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1839
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001840 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001841
1842 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1843 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1844
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001845 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07001846
1847 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1848 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1849 specified DTT device.
1850
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001851 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
1852
1853 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001854 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001855
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001856 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
1857
1858 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
1859 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
1860 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
1861 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
1862 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
1863 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
1864
1865 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
1866 feature!
1867
1868 Example:
1869 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
1870 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
1871 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
1872
1873 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
1874
1875 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
1876 of I2C Busses with muxes:
1877
1878 => i2c bus
1879 Busses reached over muxes:
1880 Bus ID: 2
1881 reached over Mux(es):
1882 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
1883 Bus ID: 3
1884 reached over Mux(es):
1885 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
1886 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
1887 =>
1888
1889 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001890 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
1891 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001892 the channel 4.
1893
1894 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001895 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001896 the 2 muxes.
1897
1898 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
1899 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
1900 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
1901 to add this option to other architectures.
1902
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001903 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1904
1905 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1906 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1907 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1908 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1909 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1910 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1911 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001912
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001913- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1914
1915 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1916 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1917 D/As on the SACSng board)
1918
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09001919 CONFIG_SH_SPI
1920
1921 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
1922 only SH7757 is supported.
1923
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001924 CONFIG_SPI_X
1925
1926 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
1927 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
1928
1929 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1930
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001931 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1932 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1933 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1934 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1935 defined, the board configuration must define several
1936 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1937 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001938
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001939 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
1940
1941 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
1942 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
1943 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001944 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001945 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
1946
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02001947 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
1948
1949 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00001950 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02001951
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001952- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
1953
1954 Enables FPGA subsystem.
1955
1956 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
1957
1958 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
1959 (ALTERA, XILINX)
1960
1961 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
1962
1963 Enables support for FPGA family.
1964 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
1965
1966 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001967
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001968 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001969
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001970 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001971
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001972 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001973
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001974 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001975
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001976 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
1977 status by the configuration function. This option
1978 will require a board or device specific function to
1979 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001980
1981 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
1982
1983 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
1984 configuration driver.
1985
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001986 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001987 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
1988
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001989 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001990
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001991 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
1992 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
1993 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
1994 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001995
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001996 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001997
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001998 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
1999 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2000 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002001 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002002
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002003 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002004
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002005 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002006 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002007
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002008 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002009
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002010 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002011 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002012
2013- Configuration Management:
2014 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2015
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002016 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2017 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002018
2019- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2020
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002021 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2022 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002023 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002024 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2025 protects these variables from casual modification by
2026 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2027 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002028 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002029
2030 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2031 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002032 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002033 these parameters.
2034
2035 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2036 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002037 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002038 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2039 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2040 read-only.]
2041
2042- Protected RAM:
2043 CONFIG_PRAM
2044
2045 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2046 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2047 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2048 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2049 this default value by defining an environment
2050 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2051 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2052 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2053 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2054 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2055 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2056 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2057
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002058 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002059 saveenv
2060
2061 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2062 either, which results in a memory region that will
2063 not be affected by reboots.
2064
2065 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2066 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2067 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2068 following board configurations are known to be
2069 "pRAM-clean":
2070
2071 ETX094, IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2072 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, LANTEC,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002073 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002074
2075- Error Recovery:
2076 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2077
2078 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2079 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2080 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002081 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002082 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2083 useful during development since you can try to debug
2084 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2085
2086 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2087
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002088 This variable defines the number of retries for
2089 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2090 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2091 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002092
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002093 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2094
2095 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2096
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002097- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002098 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002099
2100 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2101
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002102 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2103 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002104
2105
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002106 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002107
2108 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2109 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2110 powerful command line syntax like
2111 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2112 constructs ("shell scripts").
2113
2114 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2115 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2116
2117
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002118 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002119
2120 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2121 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2122 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2123
2124 Note:
2125
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002126 In the current implementation, the local variables
2127 space and global environment variables space are
2128 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2129 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2130 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2131 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2132 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002133
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002134 Global environment variables are those you use
2135 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2136 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2137 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002138
2139 To store commands and special characters in a
2140 variable, please use double quotation marks
2141 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2142 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2143 symbols.
2144
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002145- Commandline Editing and History:
2146 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2147
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002148 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002149 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002150
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002151- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002152 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2153
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002154 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2155 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002156 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002157
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002158 For example, place something like this in your
2159 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002160
2161 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2162 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2163 "myvar2=value2\0"
2164
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002165 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2166 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2167 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2168 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002169 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002170 You better know what you are doing here.
2171
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002172 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2173 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002174 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002175 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002176
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002177- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002178 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2179
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002180 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2181 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2182 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002183
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002184- Serial Flash support
2185 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2186
2187 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2188 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2189
2190 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2191 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2192 commands.
2193
2194 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2195 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2196 flash is present on the system.
2197
2198 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2199 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2200 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2201 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2202
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002203- SystemACE Support:
2204 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2205
2206 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2207 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002208 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002209 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002210
2211 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002212 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002213
2214 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2215 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2216
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002217- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2218 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2219
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002220 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002221 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002222 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002223 number generator is used.
2224
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002225 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2226 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2227 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2228
2229 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002230 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2231 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2232 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2233 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2234 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2235 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2236
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002237- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002238 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2239
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002240 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2241 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2242 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2243 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2244 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2245 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002246
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002247- Detailed boot stage timing
2248 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2249 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2250 of the boot process.
2251
2252 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2253 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2254 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2255 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2256 the limit, recording will stop.
2257
2258 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2259 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2260
2261 Timer summary in microseconds:
2262 Mark Elapsed Stage
2263 0 0 reset
2264 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2265 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2266 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2267 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2268 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2269 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2270 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2271
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002272Legacy uImage format:
2273
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002274 Arg Where When
2275 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002276 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002277 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002278 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002279 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002280 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002281 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2282 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2283 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002284 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002285 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2286 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2287 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2288 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002289 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002290 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002291
2292 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2293 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2294 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2295 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2296 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2297 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2298 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002299 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002300 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2301 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2302
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002303 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002304
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002305 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd542004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002306 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2307 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002308
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002309 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2310 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2311 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2312 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2313 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2314 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2315 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2316 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2317 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2318 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2319 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2320 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2321 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2322 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2323 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2324 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2325 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2326 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2327 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2328 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2329 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2330 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2331 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2332 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2333 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2334 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2335 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2336 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2337 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2338 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2339 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2340 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2341 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2342 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2343 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2344 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2345 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2346 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2347 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2348 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2349 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2350 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2351 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2352 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2353 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2354 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2355 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002356
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002357 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002358
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002359 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002360 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2361 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002362
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002363 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2364 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002365 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002366 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2367 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2368 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002369 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2370 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002371 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002372
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002373FIT uImage format:
2374
2375 Arg Where When
2376 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2377 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2378 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2379 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2380 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2381 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002382 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002383 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2384 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2385 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2386 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2387 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002388 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2389 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002390 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2391 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2392 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2393 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2394 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2395 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2396 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2397 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2398
2399 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2400 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2401 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002402 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002403 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2404 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2405 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2406 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2407 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2408 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2409 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2410 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2411 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2412 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2413 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2414 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2415
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002416 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002417 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2418
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002419 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002420 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2421
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002422 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002423 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2424
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002425- Standalone program support:
2426 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2427
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002428 This option defines a board specific value for the
2429 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2430 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002431 settings.
2432
2433- Frame Buffer Address:
2434 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2435
2436 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2437 address for frame buffer.
2438 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2439 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002440 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002441
2442 Please see board_init_f function.
2443
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002444- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2445 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2446 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2447 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2448
2449 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2450 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2451
2452- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2453 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2454
2455 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2456 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2457
2458 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2459
2460 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2461 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2462
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002463- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002464 CONFIG_SPL
2465 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002466
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002467 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2468 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2469
2470 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
2471 Maximum binary size (text, data and rodata) of the SPL binary.
2472
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002473 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2474 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002475
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002476 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2477 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2478
2479 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2480 Maximum binary size of the BSS section of the SPL binary.
2481
2482 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2483 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2484
2485 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2486 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2487
2488 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2489 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002490
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002491 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2492 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002493
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002494 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2495 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002496
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002497 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2498 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002499
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002500 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2501 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002502
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002503 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2504 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002505
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002506 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2507 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2508 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2509 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2510 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2511
2512 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2513 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2514
2515 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2516 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2517
2518 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2519 Support for drivers/mtd/nand/libnand.o in SPL binary
2520
2521 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2522 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2523 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2524 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2525 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2526 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
2527 to read U-Boot with CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2528
2529 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
2530 Location in NAND for CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE to read U-Boot
2531 from.
2532
2533 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
2534 Location in memory for CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE to load U-Boot
2535 to.
2536
2537 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2538 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2539 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2540
2541 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2542 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2543 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2544
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002545 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2546 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002547
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002548 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2549 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002550
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002551 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2552 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002553
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002554 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2555 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002556
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002557Modem Support:
2558--------------
2559
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002560[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002561
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002562- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002563 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2564
2565- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2566 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2567
2568- Modem debug support:
2569 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2570
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002571 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2572 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002573
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002574- Interrupt support (PPC):
2575
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002576 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2577 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002578 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002579 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002580 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002581 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002582 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002583 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2584 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2585 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002586
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002587- General:
2588
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002589 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2590 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2591 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002592 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002593 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2594 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2595 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002596
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002597 If there are no modem init strings in the
2598 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2599 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002600 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002601
2602 See also: doc/README.Modem
2603
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002604Board initialization settings:
2605------------------------------
2606
2607During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2608to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2609before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2610following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2611architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2612typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2613
2614- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2615- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2616- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2617- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002618
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002619Configuration Settings:
2620-----------------------
2621
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002622- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002623 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2624
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002625- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2626 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2627
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002628- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002629 prompt for user input.
2630
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002631- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002632
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002633- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002635- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002636
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002637- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002638 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2639 booted
2640
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002641- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002642 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2643
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002644- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002645 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002646
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002647- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002648 If the board specific function
2649 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2650 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002651 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2652
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002653- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002654 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002655
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002656- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002657 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2658
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002659- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002660 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2661 simple memory test.
2662
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002663- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002664 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002665
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002666- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002667 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2668 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2669
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002670- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2671 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002672 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002673 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002674 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2675 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2676 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002677 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002678 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002679 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002680
2681 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2682 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2683 be touched.
2684
2685 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2686 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2687 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2688 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2689 problems.
2690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002691- CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002692 Default load address for network file downloads
2693
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002694- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002695 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2696
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002697- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002698 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2699
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002700- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002701 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2702 Cogent motherboard)
2703
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002704- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002705 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2706
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002707- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002708 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2709 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002710 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002711 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002712
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002713- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002714 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2715 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2716 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2717 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002718
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002719- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002720 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2721
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002722- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002723 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2724 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002725 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002726 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2727
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002728- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002729 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2730 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002731 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2732 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
2733 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
2734 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002735 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002736 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2737 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2738 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002739
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002740- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2741 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2742 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2743 is enabled.
2744
2745- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2746 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2747 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2748
2749- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2750 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2751 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2752
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002753- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002754 Max number of Flash memory banks
2755
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002756- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002757 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2758
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002759- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002760 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2761
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002762- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002763 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2764
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002765- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002766 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2767
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002768- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002769 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2770
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002771- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002772 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2773 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2774
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002775- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002776
2777 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2778 without this option such a download has to be
2779 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2780 copy from RAM to flash.
2781
2782 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2783 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002784 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2785 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002786 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2787
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002788- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002789 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002790 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2791
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002792- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002793 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2794 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002795
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002796- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2797 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2798 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2799 to the MTD layer.
2800
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002801- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002802 Use buffered writes to flash.
2803
2804- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2805 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2806 write commands.
2807
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002808- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002809 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2810 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2811 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2812 optionally available.
2813
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002814- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2815 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2816 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2817 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2818
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002819- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002820 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2821 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002822 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2823 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002824 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002825 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2826
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002827- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2828
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002829 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2830 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2831 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2832 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2833 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002834
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002835The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2836of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2837following configurations:
2838
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002839- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2840
2841 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2842 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2843
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002844- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002845
2846 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
2847
2848 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
2849 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
2850 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
2851 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
2852 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
2853 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
2854 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
2855 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
2856 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
2857 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
2858 between U-Boot and the environment.
2859
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002860 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002861
2862 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
2863 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
2864 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
2865 for this sector is given here.
2866
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002867 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002868
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002869 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002870
2871 This is just another way to specify the start address of
2872 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002873 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002874
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002875 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002876
2877 Size of the sector containing the environment.
2878
2879
2880 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
2881 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
2882 the environment.
2883
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002884 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002885
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002886 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002887 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002888 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
2889 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
2890
2891 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
2892 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
2893 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
2894 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
2895 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
2896 updating the environment in flash makes it always
2897 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
2898 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
2899 RAM, your target system will be dead.
2900
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002901 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
2902 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002903
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002904 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002905 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00002906 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002907 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002908
2909BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
2910source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
2911accordingly!
2912
2913
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02002914- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002915
2916 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
2917 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
2918 environment.
2919
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002920 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
2921 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002922
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002923 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002924 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
2925 can just be read and written to, without any special
2926 provision.
2927
2928BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
2929in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002930console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002931U-Boot will hang.
2932
2933Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
2934environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
2935keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
2936to save the current settings.
2937
2938
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02002939- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002940
2941 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
2942 device and a driver for it.
2943
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002944 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2945 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002946
2947 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
2948 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
2949
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002950 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002951 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
2952 The default address is zero.
2953
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002954 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002955 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
2956 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
2957 would require six bits.
2958
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002959 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002960 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002961 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002962
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002963 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002964 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
2965 that this is NOT the chip address length!
2966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002967 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00002968 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
2969 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
2970 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
2971 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
2972 byte chips.
2973
2974 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
2975 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
2976 in the chip address.
2977
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002978 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002979 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
2980
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01002981 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
2982 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
2983 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
2984
2985 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
2986 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
2987 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
2988 EEPROM. For example:
2989
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02002990 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01002991
2992 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
2993 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002994
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02002995- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002996
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002997 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002998 want to use for the environment.
2999
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003000 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3001 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3002 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003003
3004 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3005 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3006 at the specified address.
3007
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003008- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003009
3010 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3011 for the environment.
3012
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003013 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3014 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003015
3016 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003017 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3018 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003019
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003020 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003021
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003022 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003023 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3024 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003025 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003026 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003027
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003028 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3029
3030 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3031 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3032 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3033 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3034 the range to be avoided.
3035
3036 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3037
3038 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3039 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3040 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3041 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3042 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003043
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003044- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3045
3046 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3047 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3048 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3049
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003050- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003051
3052 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3053 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3054 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3055 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3056 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3057 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3058 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3059
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003060Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003061has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003062created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003063until then to read environment variables.
3064
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003065The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3066is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3067with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3068necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3069"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3070have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003071
3072Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3073the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003074use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003075
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003076- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003077 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003078
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003079 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003080 also needs to be defined.
3081
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003082- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003083 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003084
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003085- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3086 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3087 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3088 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3089 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3090 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3091
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003092Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003093---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003094
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003095- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003096 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3097
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003098- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003099 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003100
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003101 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3102 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3103 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003104
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003105- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3106 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3107 PowerPC SOCs.
3108
3109- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3110 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3111 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3112
3113 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3114 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3115
3116- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3117 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3118 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003119 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003120 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3121 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3122 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3123
3124 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3125 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3126
3127- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003128 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3129 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003130 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3131 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3132
3133- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3134 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3135 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3136 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3137
3138- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3139 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3140 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3141
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003142- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003143 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003144
3145 the default drive number (default value 0)
3146
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003147 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003148
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003149 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003150 (default value 1)
3151
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003152 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003153
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003154 defines the offset of register from address. It
3155 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003156 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003157
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003158 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3159 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003160 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003161
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003162 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003163 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3164 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3165 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3166 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003167
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003168- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3169 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3170 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3171 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3172 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3173 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3174 is requierd.
3175
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003176- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003177 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003178 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003179
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003180- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003181
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003182 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003183 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3184 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3185 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3186 will become available only after programming the
3187 memory controller and running certain initialization
3188 sequences.
3189
3190 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3191 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3192 - MPC824X: data cache
3193 - PPC4xx: data cache
3194
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003195- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003196
3197 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003198 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3199 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003200 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003201 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003202 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3203 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3204 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003205
3206 Note:
3207 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3208 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003209 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003210 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3211 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3212
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003213- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003214
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003215- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003216
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003217- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003218
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003219- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003220
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003221- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003222
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003223- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003224
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003225- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003226 SDRAM timing
3227
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003228- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003229 periodic timer for refresh
3230
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003231- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003232
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003233- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3234 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3235 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3236 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003237 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3238
3239- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003240 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3241 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003242 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3243
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003244- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3245 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003246 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3247 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3248
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003249- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003250 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3251 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3252
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003253- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003254 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3255 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3256
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003257- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003258 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3259 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3260
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003261- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003262 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3263 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3264 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3265
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003266- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003267 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3268 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3269 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3270 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003271
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003272- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3273 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3274 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3275 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3276 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3277 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3278 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3279 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003280 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003281
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003282- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3283 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3284 required.
3285
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003286- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3287 Chip has SRIO or not
3288
3289- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3290 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3291
3292- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3293 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3294
3295- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3296 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3297
3298- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3299 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3300
3301- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3302 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3303
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003304- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3305 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3306 16 bit bus.
3307
3308- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3309 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3310 a default value will be used.
3311
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003312- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003313 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3314 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3315
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003316 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3317 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3318
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003319- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003320 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3321 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3322 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003323
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003324- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3325 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3326 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3327 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3328 header files or board specific files.
3329
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003330- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3331 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3332
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003333- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003334 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3335 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003336
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003337- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3338 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3339
3340- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3341 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003342 to the given FEC; i. e.
3343 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003344 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3345
3346 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3347
3348- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3349 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3350 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3351
3352- CONFIG_RMII
3353 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3354 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3355 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3356
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003357- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3358 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3359 The syntax is:
3360
3361 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3362
3363 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3364 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3365 area should have.
3366
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003367- CONFIG_LOOPW
3368 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003369 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003370
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003371- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3372 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3373 "md/mw" commands.
3374 Examples:
3375
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003376 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003377 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3378
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003379 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003380 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3381
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003382 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003383 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003384
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003385- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003386 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003387 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3388 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3389 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003390
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003391 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3392 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3393 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3394 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003395
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003396- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003397 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3398 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3399 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003400
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003401- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3402 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3403 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3404 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3405 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3406
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003407Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3408-----------------------------------
3409
3410The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3411loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3412This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3413are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3414within that device.
3415
3416- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3417 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3418 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3419 is also specified.
3420
3421- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3422 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3423 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3424 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3425 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3426
3427- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3428 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3429 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3430 virtual address in NOR flash.
3431
3432- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3433 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3434 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3435
3436- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3437 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3438 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3439
3440- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3441 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3442 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3443
3444
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003445Building the Software:
3446======================
3447
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003448Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3449and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3450all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3451(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3452recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3453which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003454
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003455If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3456have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3457you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3458Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3459necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003460
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003461 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3462 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003463
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003464Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3465 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3466 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3467 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3468
3469 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3470
3471 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3472 be executed on computers running Windows.
3473
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003474U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3475sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003476is done by typing:
3477
3478 make NAME_config
3479
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003480where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
3481rations; see the main Makefile for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003482
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003483Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3484 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3485 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3486 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003487 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003488
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003489 make TQM823L_config
3490 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003491
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003492 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3493 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003495 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003496
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003497
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003498Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3499images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003500
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003501- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3502- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3503- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003504
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003505By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3506in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3507this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3508
35091. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3510
3511 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3512 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3513 make O=/tmp/build all
3514
35152. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3516
3517 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3518 make distclean
3519 make NAME_config
3520 make all
3521
3522Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3523variable.
3524
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003525
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003526Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3527for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3528native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003529
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003530
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003531If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3532to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3533steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003534
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000035351. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
3536 "Makefile" and to the "MAKEALL" script, using the existing
3537 entries as examples. Note that here and at many other places
3538 boards and other names are listed in alphabetical sort order. Please
3539 keep this order.
35402. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3541 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3542 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
35433. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3544 your board
35453. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3546 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
35474. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
35485. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3549 to be installed on your target system.
35506. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3551 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003552
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003554Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3555==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003556
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003557If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3558or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003559provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3560the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003561official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003562
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003563But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3564cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003565the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3566just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003567for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3568select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3569environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3570you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003571
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003572 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003573
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003574or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003575
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003576 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003577
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003578When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3579U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3580setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3581built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3582<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3583location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3584variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003585
3586 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3587 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3588 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3589
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003590With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3591log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3592during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003593
3594
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003595See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003596
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003597
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003598Monitor Commands - Overview:
3599============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003601go - start application at address 'addr'
3602run - run commands in an environment variable
3603bootm - boot application image from memory
3604bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
3605tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3606 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3607 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003608tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003609rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3610diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3611loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3612loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3613md - memory display
3614mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3615nm - memory modify (constant address)
3616mw - memory write (fill)
3617cp - memory copy
3618cmp - memory compare
3619crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003620i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003621sspi - SPI utility commands
3622base - print or set address offset
3623printenv- print environment variables
3624setenv - set environment variables
3625saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3626protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3627erase - erase FLASH memory
3628flinfo - print FLASH memory information
3629bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3630iminfo - print header information for application image
3631coninfo - print console devices and informations
3632ide - IDE sub-system
3633loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003634loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003635mtest - simple RAM test
3636icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3637dcache - enable or disable data cache
3638reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3639echo - echo args to console
3640version - print monitor version
3641help - print online help
3642? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003643
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003645Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3646========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003647
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003648TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003649
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003650For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003651
3652
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003653Environment Variables:
3654======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003655
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003656U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3657can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003658
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003659Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3660"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3661without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3662environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3663working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3664environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003665
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003666Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3667
3668List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003669
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003670 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003671
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003672 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003673
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003674 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003676 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003677
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003678 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003679
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003680 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3681 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3682 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3683 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3684 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3685 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003686 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3687 bootm_mapsize.
3688
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003689 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003690 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3691 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3692 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3693 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3694 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3695 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003696
3697 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3698 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3699 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3700 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3701 environment variable.
3702
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003703 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3704 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3705 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3706
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003707 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3708 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3709 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3710 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003711
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003712 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3713 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3714 be automatically started (by internally calling
3715 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003716
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003717 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3718 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3719 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3720 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3721 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003722
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003723 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3724 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003725 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3726 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3727 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3728 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3729 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3730 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3731 access it during the boot procedure.
3732
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003733 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3734 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3735 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3736 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3737 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3738 must be accessible by the kernel.
3739
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003740 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3741 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3742 defined.
3743
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003744 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3745 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3746 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3747 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3748 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3749
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003750 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3751 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3752 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3753 is usually what you want since it allows for
3754 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3755 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003756 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003757 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3758 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3759 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3760 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003762 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3763 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3764 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3765 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3766 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3767 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003768
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003769 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003770
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003771 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3772 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3773 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3774 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3775 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3776 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3777 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003778
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003779 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003780
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003781 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3782 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003784 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003785
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003786 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003787
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003788 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003790 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003792 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003793
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003794 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003795
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003796 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3797 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003798
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003799 => setenv ethact FEC
3800 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3801 => setenv ethact SCC
3802 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003803
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003804 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3805 available network interfaces.
3806 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3807
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003808 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003809 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3810 When set to "once" the network operation will
3811 fail when all the available network interfaces
3812 are tried once without success.
3813 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3814 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003815
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003816 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003817
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003818 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003819 UDP source port.
3820
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003821 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
3822 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3823
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003824 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3825 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3826
3827 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3828 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3829 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3830 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3831 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3832 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3833 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3834
3835 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003836 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003837 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003838
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003839The following image location variables contain the location of images
3840used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3841not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3842variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3843server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3844loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3845flash or offset in NAND flash.
3846
3847*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
3848boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
3849boards use these variables for other purposes.
3850
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003851Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3852----- --------- ----------- --------------
3853u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3854Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3855device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3856ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003857
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003858The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3859updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3860depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003861
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003862 bootfile - see above
3863 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3864 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3865 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3866 hostname - Target hostname
3867 ipaddr - see above
3868 netmask - Subnet Mask
3869 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3870 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003871
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003872
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003873There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003874
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003875 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3876 as type string and/or serial number
3877 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003878
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003879These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
3880the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
3881once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003882
3883
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003884Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003885
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003886 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
3887 with the "version" command. This variable is
3888 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003889
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003890
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003891Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
3892only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003893
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003894
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003895Command Line Parsing:
3896=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003897
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003898There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
3899the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003900
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003901Old, simple command line parser:
3902--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003903
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003904- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
3905- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003906- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003907- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
3908 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003909 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003910- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
3911 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003912
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003913Hush shell:
3914-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003915
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003916- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
3917 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
3918 until...do...done, ...
3919- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
3920 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
3921 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
3922 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003923
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003924General rules:
3925--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003926
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003927(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
3928 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
3929 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
3930 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003932(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003933 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003934 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
3935 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003937Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
3938=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003939
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003940Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003941such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
3942"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003943
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003944Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
3945MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
3946"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003947
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003948If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
3949in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
3950ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
3951variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003952
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003953o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
3954 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003955
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003956o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
3957 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
3958 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003959
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003960o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
3961 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003962
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003963o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
3964 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
3965 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003966
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003967o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
3968 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003969
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003970If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003971will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003972may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
3973The naming convention is as follows:
3974"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003975
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003976Image Formats:
3977==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003978
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01003979U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
3980images in two formats:
3981
3982New uImage format (FIT)
3983-----------------------
3984
3985Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
3986to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
3987components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
3988SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
3989
3990
3991Old uImage format
3992-----------------
3993
3994Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
3995preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
3996details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003997
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003998* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
3999 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004000 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4001 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4002 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004003* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004004 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4005 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004006* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4007* Load Address
4008* Entry Point
4009* Image Name
4010* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004011
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004012The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4013and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4014CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004015
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004016
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004017Linux Support:
4018==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004019
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004020Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4021easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4022U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004023
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004024U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4025special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4026"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4027instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4028serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004029
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004030- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4031 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4032 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004033
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004034- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4035 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004036
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004037- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4038 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4039 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4040 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4041 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4042 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004043
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004044
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004045Linux HOWTO:
4046============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004048Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4049---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004050
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004051U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4052configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4053(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4054Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004055
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004056But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004058Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4059include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004060Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4061and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004062as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004063
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004064
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004065Configuring the Linux kernel:
4066-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004067
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004068No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4069device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004070
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004071
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004072Building a Linux Image:
4073-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004074
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004075With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4076not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4077"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4078U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4079which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4080100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004081
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004082Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004083
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004084 make TQM850L_config
4085 make oldconfig
4086 make dep
4087 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004089The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4090encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4091CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004092
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004093* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004094
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004095* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004096
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004097 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4098 -R .note -R .comment \
4099 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004100
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004101* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004102
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004103 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004104
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004105* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004106
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004107 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4108 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4109 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004110
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004111
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004112The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4113with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4114combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4115byte header containing information about target architecture,
4116operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4117stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004118
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004119"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4120print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004121
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004122In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4123contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4124checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004125
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004126 tools/mkimage -l image
4127 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004128
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004129The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4130from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004131
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004132 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4133 -n name -d data_file image
4134 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4135 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4136 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4137 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4138 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4139 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4140 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4141 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004142
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004143Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4144address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4145kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004146
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004147- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4148- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004150So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004152 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4153 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004154 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004155 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4156 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4157 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4158 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4159 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4160 Load Address: 0x00000000
4161 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004162
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004163To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004164
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004165 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4166 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4167 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4168 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4169 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4170 Load Address: 0x00000000
4171 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004172
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004173NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4174speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4175needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4176need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004177
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004178 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004179 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4180 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004181 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004182 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4183 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4184 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4185 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4186 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4187 Load Address: 0x00000000
4188 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004189
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004191Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4192when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004193
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004194 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4195 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4196 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4197 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4198 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4199 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4200 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4201 Load Address: 0x00000000
4202 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004203
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004205Installing a Linux Image:
4206-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004207
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004208To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4209you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004210
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004211 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004213The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4214image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4215address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4216specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4217command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004219Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4220TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004221
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004222 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004223
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004224 .......... done
4225 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004226
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004227 => loads 40100000
4228 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4229 ~>examples/image.srec
4230 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4231 ...
4232 15989 15990 15991 15992
4233 [file transfer complete]
4234 [connected]
4235 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004236
4237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004238You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004239this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004240corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004241
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004242 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004243
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004244 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4245 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4246 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4247 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4248 Load Address: 00000000
4249 Entry Point: 0000000c
4250 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004251
4252
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004253Boot Linux:
4254-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004255
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004256The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4257memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4258of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4259parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4260"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004261
4262
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004263 => printenv bootargs
4264 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004265
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004266 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004268 => printenv bootargs
4269 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004271 => bootm 40020000
4272 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4273 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4274 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4275 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4276 Load Address: 00000000
4277 Entry Point: 0000000c
4278 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4279 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4280 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4281 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4282 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4283 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4284 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4285 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004286
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004287If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004288the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4289format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004290
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004291 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004292
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004293 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4294 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4295 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4296 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4297 Load Address: 00000000
4298 Entry Point: 0000000c
4299 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004301 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4302 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4303 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4304 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4305 Load Address: 00000000
4306 Entry Point: 00000000
4307 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004308
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004309 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4310 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4311 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4312 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4313 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4314 Load Address: 00000000
4315 Entry Point: 0000000c
4316 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4317 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4318 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4319 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4320 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4321 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4322 Load Address: 00000000
4323 Entry Point: 00000000
4324 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4325 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4326 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4327 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4328 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4329 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4330 ...
4331 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4332 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004333
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004334 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004335
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004336Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4337-----------
4338
4339First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4340titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4341following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4342flat device tree:
4343
4344=> print oftaddr
4345oftaddr=0x300000
4346=> print oft
4347oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4348=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4349Speed: 1000, full duplex
4350Using TSEC0 device
4351TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4352Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4353Load address: 0x300000
4354Loading: #
4355done
4356Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4357=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4358Speed: 1000, full duplex
4359Using TSEC0 device
4360TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4361Filename 'uImage'.
4362Load address: 0x200000
4363Loading:############
4364done
4365Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4366=> print loadaddr
4367loadaddr=200000
4368=> print oftaddr
4369oftaddr=0x300000
4370=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4371## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004372 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4373 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4374 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004375 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004376 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004377 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4378 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4379Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4380Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4381Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4382[snip]
4383
4384
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004385More About U-Boot Image Types:
4386------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004387
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004388U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004389
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004390 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4391 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4392 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4393 the Standalone Program.
4394 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4395 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4396 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4397 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4398 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4399 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4400 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4401 being started.
4402 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4403 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4404 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4405 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4406 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4407 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004409 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4410 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4411 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4412 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4413 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4414 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004415
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004416 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4417 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4418 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004419
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004420 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4421 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4422 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4423 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004424
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004425
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004426Standalone HOWTO:
4427=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004428
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004429One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4430run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4431U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004432
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004433Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004434
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004435"Hello World" Demo:
4436-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004438'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4439application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4440It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4441like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004442
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004443 => loads
4444 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4445 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4446 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4447 [file transfer complete]
4448 [connected]
4449 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004450
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004451 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4452 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4453 Hello World
4454 argc = 7
4455 argv[0] = "40004"
4456 argv[1] = "Hello"
4457 argv[2] = "World!"
4458 argv[3] = "This"
4459 argv[4] = "is"
4460 argv[5] = "a"
4461 argv[6] = "test."
4462 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4463 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004464
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004465 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004466
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004467Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4468handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4469Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4470The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4471character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4472controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004473
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004474 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4475 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4476 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4477 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004478
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004479 => loads
4480 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4481 ~>examples/timer.srec
4482 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4483 [file transfer complete]
4484 [connected]
4485 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004486
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004487 => go 40004
4488 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4489 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4490 Using timer 1
4491 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004492
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004493Hit 'b':
4494 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4495 Enabling timer
4496Hit '?':
4497 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4498 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4499Hit '?':
4500 [q, b, e, ?] .
4501 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4502Hit '?':
4503 [q, b, e, ?] .
4504 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4505Hit '?':
4506 [q, b, e, ?] .
4507 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4508Hit 'e':
4509 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4510Hit 'q':
4511 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004512
4513
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004514Minicom warning:
4515================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004516
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004517Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4518"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4519consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4520Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4521especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
4522use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command).
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004523
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004524Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4525configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004526
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004527 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4528 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4529 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004530
4531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004532NetBSD Notes:
4533=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004534
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004535Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4536(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004538Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4539NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4540need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4541Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4542attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4543missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004544
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004545 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4546 # mkdir powerpc
4547 # ln -s powerpc machine
4548 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4549 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004550
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004551Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4552and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004554Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4555stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4556proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4557tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004558meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004559
4560
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004561Implementation Internals:
4562=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004563
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004564The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4565implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4566inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4567hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004568
4569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004570Initial Stack, Global Data:
4571---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004572
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004573The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4574starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4575system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4576This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4577is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4578at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4579options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4580models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4581MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4582locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004583
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004584 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004585 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004587 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4588 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4589 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4590 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004591
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004592 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4593 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4594 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4595 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4596 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004597 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004598 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4599 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004601 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4602 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004603 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004604 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4605 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4606 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4607 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004608
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004609 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004610 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4611 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004612 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004613 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4614 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4615 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4616 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4617 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004618
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004619 -Chris Hallinan
4620 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004622It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4623code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004625* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4626 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004627
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004628* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004629 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4630 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004631
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004632* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4633 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004634
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004635Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
4636normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
4637turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4638simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4639functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4640functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4641the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4642place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4643reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004645When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4646relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4647GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004649For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4650 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004651 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004652 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4653 R5-R10: parameter passing
4654 R13: small data area pointer
4655 R30: GOT pointer
4656 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004657
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004658 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4659 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4660 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004661
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004662 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004663
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004664 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4665 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4666 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4667 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4668 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4669 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004670
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004671On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004672 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
4673
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004674 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004676On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004677
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004678 R0: function argument word/integer result
4679 R1-R3: function argument word
4680 R9: GOT pointer
4681 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
4682 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4683 R12: temporary workspace
4684 R13: stack pointer
4685 R14: link register
4686 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004688 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004689
Thomas Chou0df01fd32010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004690On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4691 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4692
4693 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4694
4695 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4696 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4697
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004698On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4699
4700 R0-R1: argument/return
4701 R2-R5: argument
4702 R15: temporary register for assembler
4703 R16: trampoline register
4704 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4705 R29: global pointer (GP)
4706 R30: link register (LP)
4707 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4708 PC: program counter (PC)
4709
4710 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4711
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004712NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4713or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004714
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004715Memory Management:
4716------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004717
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004718U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4719MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004720
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004721The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4722controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4723memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4724physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004726U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4727TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4728booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4729to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004730memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004731configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4732Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004733
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004734Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4735of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004736
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004737So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4738this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004739
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004740 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4741 :
4742 0x0000 1FFF
4743 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4744 :
4745 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004746
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004747 :
4748 :
4749 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4750 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4751 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4752 :
4753 0x00FD FFFF
4754 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4755 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4756 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4757 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004758
4759
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004760System Initialization:
4761----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004762
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004763In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004764(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004765configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
4766To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4767To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4768initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
4769which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
4770part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
4771the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004772
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004773Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4774preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4775(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4776on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4777programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4778simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4779banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004780
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004781When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4782different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4783bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
47840x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4785contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004786
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004787Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4788and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4789Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4790pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004792Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4793until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4794running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4795new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004796
4797
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004798U-Boot Porting Guide:
4799----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004801[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4802list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004803
4804
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004805int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004806{
4807 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004808
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004809 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4810 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004811
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004812 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004813 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004814 return 0;
4815 }
4816
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004817 Download latest U-Boot source;
4818
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004819 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004820
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004821 if (clueless)
4822 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004823
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004824 while (learning) {
4825 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004826 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4827 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004828 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004829 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004830 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004831
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004832 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4833 Buy a BDI3000;
4834 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004835 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004836
4837 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4838 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4839 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4840 } else {
4841 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4842 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004843 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004844 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4845 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004846
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004847 while (!accepted) {
4848 while (!running) {
4849 do {
4850 Add / modify source code;
4851 } until (compiles);
4852 Debug;
4853 if (clueless)
4854 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
4855 }
4856 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
4857 if (reasonable critiques)
4858 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
4859 else
4860 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004861 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004862
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004863 return 0;
4864}
4865
4866void no_more_time (int sig)
4867{
4868 hire_a_guru();
4869}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004870
4871
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004872Coding Standards:
4873-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004874
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004875All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004876coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004877"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004878
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004879Source files originating from a different project (for example the
4880MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
4881reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
4882sources.
4883
4884Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
4885Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
4886in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887
4888Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
4889- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004890- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004891- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004892- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004893- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
4894
4895Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
4896with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004897
4898
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004899Submitting Patches:
4900-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004901
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004902Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
4903establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
4904may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004905
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02004906Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004907
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004908Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
4909see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
4910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004911When you send a patch, please include the following information with
4912it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004914* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
4915 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
4916 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004917
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004918* For new features: a description of the feature and your
4919 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004920
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004921* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
4922
4923* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
4924
4925* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004926 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004927
4928* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
4929 document these in the README file.
4930
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004931* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
4932 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004933 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004934 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
4935 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004936
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004937 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
4938 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
4939 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004940
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004941 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
4942 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
4943 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
4944 affected files).
4945
4946 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
4947 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004948
4949* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
4950 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
4951
4952* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
4953 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
4954
4955
4956Notes:
4957
4958* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
4959 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
4960 for any of the boards.
4961
4962* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
4963 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
4964 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
4965
4966* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
4967 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
4968 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
4969 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
4970 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
4971 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00004972
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004973* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
4974 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
4975 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
4976 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.